1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
37 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
39 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
41 #include "coff/symconst.h"
42 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
43 #include "coff/mips.h"
47 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
48 There are three types of entry:
50 (1) absolute addresses
52 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
53 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
54 (3) global and forced-local symbols
55 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
57 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
58 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
59 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
60 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
61 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
62 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
64 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
65 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
66 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
67 arbitrary in this case.
69 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
70 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
71 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
74 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
75 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
76 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
77 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
78 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
79 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
82 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
84 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
85 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
89 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
91 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
92 that should be added to the symbol value. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
95 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
97 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
100 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
101 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
102 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
103 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
104 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
105 unsigned char tls_type
;
107 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
108 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
109 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
113 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
117 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
119 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
120 /* The number of global .got entries. */
121 unsigned int global_gotno
;
122 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
123 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
124 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
125 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
126 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
127 /* The number of local .got entries. */
128 unsigned int local_gotno
;
129 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
130 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
131 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
132 struct htab
*got_entries
;
133 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
134 unless multi-got was necessary. */
135 struct htab
*bfd2got
;
136 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
137 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
138 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
139 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
140 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
141 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
142 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
143 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset
;
146 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
148 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
150 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
153 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
154 create and merge bfd's gots. */
156 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
158 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
160 /* The output bfd. */
162 /* The link information. */
163 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
164 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
165 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
167 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
168 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
170 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
171 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
173 unsigned int max_count
;
174 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
175 unsigned int primary_count
;
176 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
177 unsigned int current_count
;
178 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
179 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
180 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
182 unsigned int global_count
;
185 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
187 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
189 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
191 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
192 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
196 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
198 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
200 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
204 struct _mips_elf_section_data
206 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
209 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
214 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
215 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
217 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
218 the dynamic symbols. */
220 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
222 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
224 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
225 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
226 symbol with a GOT entry. */
227 long min_got_dynindx
;
228 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
229 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
230 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
231 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
232 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
233 symbol without a GOT entry. */
234 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
237 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
238 the global hash table. */
240 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
242 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
244 /* External symbol information. */
247 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
249 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
251 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
252 a readonly section. */
253 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
255 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
256 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
257 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
259 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
261 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
262 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
265 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
266 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
267 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
269 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
270 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
273 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
274 being called returns a floating point value. */
275 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
277 /* Are we forced local? This will only be set if we have converted
278 the initial global GOT entry to a local GOT entry. */
279 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
281 /* Are we referenced by some kind of relocation? */
282 bfd_boolean is_relocation_target
;
284 /* Are we referenced by branch relocations? */
285 bfd_boolean is_branch_target
;
289 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
291 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
292 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
293 unsigned char tls_type
;
294 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
295 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
296 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
297 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
298 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
299 overloaded already. */
300 bfd_vma tls_got_offset
;
303 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
305 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
307 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
309 /* We no longer use this. */
310 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
311 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
313 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
314 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
315 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
316 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
317 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
318 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
319 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
320 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
322 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
323 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
324 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
325 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
326 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
334 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes (VxWorks only). */
335 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
336 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes (VxWorks only). */
337 bfd_vma plt_entry_size
;
338 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
339 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
342 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
343 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
344 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
345 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
346 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
347 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
348 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
349 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
350 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
351 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
352 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
353 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
354 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
355 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
357 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
362 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
363 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
364 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
368 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
370 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
373 "_procedure_string_table",
374 "_procedure_table_size",
378 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
383 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
384 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
385 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
386 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
387 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
388 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
397 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
398 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
399 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
403 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
404 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
405 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
406 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
407 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
408 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
413 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
414 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
415 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
416 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
417 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
425 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
431 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
433 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
435 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
436 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
437 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
438 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
439 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
440 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
441 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
442 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
444 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
445 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
446 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
447 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
448 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
450 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
451 has different meaning for each type:
454 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
455 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
456 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
457 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
460 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
461 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
462 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
463 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
465 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
466 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
467 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
468 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
470 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
471 loader for use by the static exception system. */
473 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
474 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
475 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
476 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
477 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
478 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
479 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
480 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
481 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
482 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
484 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
486 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
487 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
489 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
490 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*,
491 bfd_vma
, unsigned long, struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
492 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
493 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
494 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
496 static bfd_boolean mips16_stub_section_p
498 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
499 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
500 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
501 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
502 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
504 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
505 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
506 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
507 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
509 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
510 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
512 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
513 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
514 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
516 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
517 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
518 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
520 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
521 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
523 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
524 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
525 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
527 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
528 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
529 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
531 /* The name of the options section. */
532 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
533 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
535 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
536 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
537 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
538 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
540 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
541 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
542 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
543 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
545 /* The name of the stub section. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
548 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
549 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
550 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
552 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
553 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
554 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
556 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
557 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
558 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
560 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
561 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
562 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
564 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
565 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
566 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
568 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
569 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
570 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
572 /* Get word-sized data. */
573 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
574 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
576 /* Put out word-sized data. */
577 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
579 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
580 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
582 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
583 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
584 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
586 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
587 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
589 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
590 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
591 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
592 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
593 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
594 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
595 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
596 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
597 section, that is RELA. */
598 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
599 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
600 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
601 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
602 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
603 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
604 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
606 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
607 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
608 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
610 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
611 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
612 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
613 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
615 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
616 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO(INFO) \
617 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 3 : 2)
619 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
620 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
621 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
623 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
625 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
627 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
628 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
630 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
631 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
632 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
634 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
635 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
636 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
637 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
638 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
639 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
640 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
642 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
643 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
645 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
646 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
648 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
651 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
652 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
653 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
654 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
657 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
658 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
659 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
660 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
661 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
662 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
663 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
664 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
666 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
667 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
669 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
671 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
672 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
675 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
676 floating point arguments.
678 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
679 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
680 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
681 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
682 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
683 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
684 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
685 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
687 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
688 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
689 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
690 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
691 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
692 stub should be discarded.
694 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
695 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
696 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
697 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
698 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
699 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
700 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
703 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
704 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
705 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
707 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
709 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
710 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
711 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
713 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
714 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
715 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
717 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
718 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] = {
719 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
720 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
721 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
722 0x00000000, /* nop */
723 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
727 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
728 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] = {
729 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
730 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
731 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
732 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
733 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
734 0x00000000, /* nop */
735 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
739 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
740 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] = {
741 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
742 0x00000000, /* nop */
743 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
744 0x00000000, /* nop */
745 0x00000000, /* nop */
749 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
750 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] = {
751 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
752 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
755 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
757 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
758 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
759 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
762 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
764 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
765 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
767 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
770 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
772 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
773 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
775 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
776 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
778 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
779 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
782 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
784 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
785 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
787 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
791 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
793 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
794 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
796 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
799 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
801 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
802 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
803 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
805 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
806 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
808 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
811 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
813 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
815 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
816 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
817 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
821 /* Set local fields. */
822 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
823 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
824 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
826 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
827 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
828 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
830 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
831 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
832 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
833 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
834 ret
->is_branch_target
= FALSE
;
835 ret
->is_relocation_target
= FALSE
;
836 ret
->tls_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
839 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
843 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
845 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
847 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
848 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
850 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
853 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
856 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
859 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
860 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
863 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
864 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
867 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
870 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
871 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
873 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
874 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
877 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
878 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
881 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
882 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
884 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
886 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
887 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
891 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
892 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
893 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
895 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
896 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
900 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
901 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
902 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
903 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
904 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
905 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
907 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
908 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
909 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
910 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
911 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
921 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
923 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
924 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
925 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
926 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
927 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
928 free (debug
->external_sym
);
929 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
930 free (debug
->external_opt
);
931 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
932 free (debug
->external_aux
);
933 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
935 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
937 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
938 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
939 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
940 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
941 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
942 free (debug
->external_ext
);
946 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
949 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
951 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
952 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
953 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
954 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
955 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
956 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
958 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
959 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
961 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
964 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
967 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
968 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
969 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
971 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
972 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
974 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
976 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
977 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
982 unsigned long sindex
;
986 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
994 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
996 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1000 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1002 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1006 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1009 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1010 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1014 size
= sizeof (char *);
1015 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1019 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1020 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1021 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1025 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1028 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1029 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1032 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1035 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1036 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1038 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1039 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1040 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1041 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1042 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1043 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1044 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1045 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1046 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1047 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1049 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1050 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1054 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1055 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1056 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1059 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1063 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1066 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1068 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1069 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1070 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1071 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1073 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1074 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1075 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1077 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1079 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1081 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1083 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1084 matters, but someday it might). */
1085 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1114 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1118 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1119 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1121 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1122 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1124 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1125 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1127 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1128 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1129 being included in the link. */
1130 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1131 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1132 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1133 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1136 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1137 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1139 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1140 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1141 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1142 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1143 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1144 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1145 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1148 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1149 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1151 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1152 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1153 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1154 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1155 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1156 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1157 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1163 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1164 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1167 The format of these instructions is:
1169 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1170 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1171 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1173 +-----------------------------------------------+
1175 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1176 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1178 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1179 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1180 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1181 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1182 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1183 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1184 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1185 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1186 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1187 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1190 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1191 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1192 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1193 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1194 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1195 value as two 16-bit values.
1197 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1201 +--------+----------------------+
1205 +--------+----------------------+
1208 +----------+------+-------------+
1212 +----------+--------------------+
1213 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1214 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1216 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1217 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1218 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1219 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1220 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1222 R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
1223 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1225 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1226 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1227 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1228 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1229 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1231 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1234 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
1235 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
1236 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
1238 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
1239 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1240 little-endian system.
1242 R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to
1243 access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing
1244 can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16,
1245 except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above
1249 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1250 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1252 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1254 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1255 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1258 /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
1259 extend
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
1260 insn
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
1261 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1264 val
= ((extend
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend
& 0x3e0) << 11)
1265 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 21) | insn
;
1267 val
= extend
<< 16 | insn
;
1270 val
= ((extend
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn
& 0xffe0) << 11)
1271 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 11) | (extend
& 0x7e0) | (insn
& 0x1f);
1272 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
1276 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1277 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1279 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1281 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1282 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1285 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
1286 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1290 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1291 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
1292 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
1296 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1302 insn
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
1303 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
1305 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, insn
, data
+ 2);
1306 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, extend
, data
);
1309 bfd_reloc_status_type
1310 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1311 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1312 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1316 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1318 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1321 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1323 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1324 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1326 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1327 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1329 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1330 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1332 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1334 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1335 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1336 an external symbol. */
1338 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1339 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1341 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1343 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1345 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1346 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1350 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1353 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1355 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1358 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1359 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1360 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1365 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1367 asection
*input_section
;
1371 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1373 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1375 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1376 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1377 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1379 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1380 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1381 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1382 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1384 bfd_reloc_status_type
1385 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1386 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
1387 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1388 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1390 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
1392 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1393 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1395 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
1397 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1399 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
1401 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
1402 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
1405 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1406 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1408 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1411 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1412 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1413 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1415 bfd_reloc_status_type
1416 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1417 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1418 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1420 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
1421 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
1422 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
1423 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1424 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1425 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1428 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1429 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1432 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1433 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1434 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1436 bfd_reloc_status_type
1437 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1438 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1439 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1442 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1444 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1445 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1447 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1449 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
1450 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1453 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
1455 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
1456 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
1458 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
1460 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1461 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1462 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1463 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1464 has a rightshift of 0. */
1465 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
1466 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
1468 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1469 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1470 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1472 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
1473 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
1475 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1478 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
1482 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1483 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1487 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1488 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1489 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1491 bfd_reloc_status_type
1492 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1493 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1494 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1495 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1498 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1499 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1501 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
1503 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1504 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1506 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1508 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1510 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1511 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1512 offset or address. */
1513 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1514 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1519 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1520 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1521 val
+= symbol
->value
;
1522 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1524 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
1525 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
1526 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
1530 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1531 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1532 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1533 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1534 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1535 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
1538 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1540 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1541 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1543 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1544 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1546 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1548 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1551 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1556 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1558 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1561 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1562 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1565 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
1568 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1569 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1573 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
1574 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
1576 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1577 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1581 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
1582 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
1584 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1585 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1586 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1587 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1588 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1589 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1593 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
1594 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
1598 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1599 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1600 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1601 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1602 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1603 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1604 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1607 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1608 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1609 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1612 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1615 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1616 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1617 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1618 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1619 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1620 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1624 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
1625 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1627 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1628 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1629 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1630 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1631 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1632 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1635 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1636 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1637 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1638 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1639 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1642 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1643 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
1645 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1646 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1647 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1648 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1649 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1650 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1651 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1655 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
1656 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1658 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1659 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1660 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1661 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1662 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1663 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1664 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1667 /* Swap in an options header. */
1670 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
1671 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
1673 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1674 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1675 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1676 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1679 /* Swap out an options header. */
1682 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
1683 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
1685 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1686 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1687 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1688 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1691 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1692 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1695 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1697 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1698 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1701 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1702 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1704 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1708 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
1710 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
1715 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1718 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1719 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1722 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1723 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1725 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1726 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1727 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1728 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1730 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
1732 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
1735 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
1737 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
1746 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1747 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1748 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1749 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1750 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1751 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1752 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1753 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1754 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1755 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1756 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1757 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1758 when generating a final executable. */
1761 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1763 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
1765 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1767 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1768 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1770 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1772 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
1773 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
1774 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1775 && !h
->root
.def_regular
1776 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
1778 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1779 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1780 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1781 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1782 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1790 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1793 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1794 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1795 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1796 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1797 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1798 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1800 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1801 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1805 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1807 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1808 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1809 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1811 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1812 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1813 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1815 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1817 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1818 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1819 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1820 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1822 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1824 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1825 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1826 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1829 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1831 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1832 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1833 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1838 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1839 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1841 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1842 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1843 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1844 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1847 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1849 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1850 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1851 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1852 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1853 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1854 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1855 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1856 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1857 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1858 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1859 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1860 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1861 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1862 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1863 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1864 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1865 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1867 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1871 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1872 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1875 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1876 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1877 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1878 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1880 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1881 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1882 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1883 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1885 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1886 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1887 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1888 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1889 + sec
->output_offset
1890 + output_section
->vma
);
1892 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1894 else if (h
->root
.needs_plt
)
1896 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1897 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1899 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1901 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1902 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1907 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1908 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1909 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1911 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1914 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1915 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1916 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1917 + sec
->output_offset
1918 + output_section
->vma
);
1920 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1925 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1926 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1929 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1936 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1939 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
1941 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
1942 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
1944 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1947 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1949 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1952 static INLINE hashval_t
1953 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
1956 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1962 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1963 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1967 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1969 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1971 return entry
->symndx
1972 + ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 17)
1973 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1975 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1976 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1980 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1982 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1983 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1985 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
1986 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1989 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1990 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1991 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1992 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1995 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1996 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1997 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
2001 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2003 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
2005 return entry
->symndx
2007 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
2008 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
2009 ? ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2010 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM
<< 17)
2012 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)))
2013 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
2017 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2019 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
2020 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2022 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2023 if (e1
->tls_type
& e2
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2026 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2027 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2030 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2031 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
2032 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
2033 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2034 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
2037 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2038 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2039 if creation fails. */
2042 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
2048 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
2049 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2050 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
2051 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
2053 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
2058 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2061 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
2062 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
2068 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
2071 mips_elf_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
)
2073 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
2075 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
2080 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
2081 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
2084 static struct mips_got_info
*
2085 mips_elf_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
**sgotp
)
2088 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2090 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2091 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
2092 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
2093 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
2094 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2097 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
2102 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2103 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2107 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
2108 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2112 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2113 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2115 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
2116 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
2119 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2121 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2122 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2128 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2135 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2138 if ((tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) && info
->shared
)
2144 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2145 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2148 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1
, void *arg2
)
2150 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= * (struct mips_got_entry
**) arg1
;
2151 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2153 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
!= -1)
2154 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
, NULL
);
2159 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2160 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2163 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2165 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2166 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2167 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2169 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2171 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2177 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2178 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2181 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2183 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2184 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2185 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2187 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, hm
->tls_type
, &hm
->root
);
2192 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2195 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2201 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
2203 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
2205 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
2206 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
2208 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
2210 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
2211 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2213 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
2216 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2217 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2219 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
2220 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
2223 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
2226 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_offset
,
2227 unsigned char *tls_type_p
,
2228 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2229 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2233 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
2234 bfd_vma offset
, offset2
;
2236 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2238 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2239 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
2244 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2246 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
2247 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
2248 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
2251 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_DONE
)
2254 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2256 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2257 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2260 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
2261 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
2262 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
2263 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
2264 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
2266 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
2267 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
2269 /* General Dynamic. */
2270 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2272 offset
= got_offset
;
2273 offset2
= offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2277 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2278 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2279 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2280 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2283 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2284 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2285 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
2286 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset2
);
2288 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2289 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2293 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2294 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2295 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2296 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2299 got_offset
+= 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2302 /* Initial Exec model. */
2303 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2305 offset
= got_offset
;
2310 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
2311 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2313 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2314 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2316 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2317 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2318 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
2319 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2322 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
2323 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2326 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2328 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
2329 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
2330 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2331 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
2332 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2335 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2336 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
2338 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2339 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2340 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2341 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
2344 *tls_type_p
|= GOT_TLS_DONE
;
2347 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
2348 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
2349 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
2350 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
2353 mips_tls_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_index
, unsigned char *tls_type
,
2354 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2355 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, bfd_vma symbol
)
2357 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2358 || r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2360 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, got_index
, tls_type
, info
, h
, symbol
);
2362 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
)
2364 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
);
2365 if (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2366 return got_index
+ 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2371 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
)
2373 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
);
2377 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2379 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
);
2386 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
2387 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
2388 will be negative. */
2391 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2392 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2394 bfd_vma plt_index
, got_address
, got_value
;
2395 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2397 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2398 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1);
2400 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
2401 plt_index
= (h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
) / htab
->plt_entry_size
;
2403 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
2404 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
2405 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
2408 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2409 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
2410 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2411 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2413 return got_address
- got_value
;
2416 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
2417 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
2418 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
2419 offset can be found. */
2422 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2423 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
2424 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
2427 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2428 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2430 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2432 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2433 value
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
2437 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2439 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
2440 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
2441 hash table entry to track the index. */
2442 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, h
->tls_got_offset
, &h
->tls_type
,
2443 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
2445 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, entry
->gotidx
, &entry
->tls_type
,
2446 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
2449 return entry
->gotidx
;
2452 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
2455 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2456 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2460 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
2461 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
2463 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
2464 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
2466 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
2468 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
2470 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2471 if (g
->next
!= gg
|| TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2475 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
2478 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
2480 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
2482 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2484 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2485 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2486 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2487 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2488 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2489 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2490 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2492 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, p
->gotidx
, &p
->tls_type
, r_type
,
2493 info
, e
.d
.h
, value
);
2500 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
2501 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
2503 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2505 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2506 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2507 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2509 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2510 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2511 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2512 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2513 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2514 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2516 index
= mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, hm
->tls_got_offset
, &hm
->tls_type
,
2517 r_type
, info
, hm
, value
);
2521 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
2522 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
2523 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
2525 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
2526 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
2527 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2529 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->size
);
2534 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
2535 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
2536 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
2537 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
2538 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
2541 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2542 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
2545 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2546 bfd_vma page
, index
;
2547 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2549 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2551 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
2552 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2553 page
, 0, NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
2558 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
2561 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
2566 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
2567 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was against a global symbol
2568 that has been forced local. */
2571 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2572 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
2575 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2576 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2578 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
2579 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
2580 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
2581 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
2583 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
2585 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2587 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2588 value
, 0, NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
2590 return entry
->gotidx
;
2595 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
2599 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2600 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma index
)
2604 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2606 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
2607 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
2608 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
2610 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
2613 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
2614 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
2615 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
2618 static struct mips_got_entry
*
2619 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2620 bfd
*ibfd
, struct mips_got_info
*gg
,
2621 asection
*sgot
, bfd_vma value
,
2622 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2623 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2626 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2627 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2628 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2630 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2634 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
2637 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
2640 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
2641 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2644 /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the
2645 global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
2646 or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not
2647 automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */
2648 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->root
.forced_local
);
2649 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2651 struct mips_got_entry
*p
;
2654 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2656 entry
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_LDM
;
2662 entry
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
2668 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)
2669 htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &entry
);
2675 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2680 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2683 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2688 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2690 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
2692 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
2693 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2694 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2695 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2696 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2700 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
2701 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
2703 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
2704 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
2706 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
2709 bfd_vma got_address
;
2711 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
2712 got_address
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
2713 + sgot
->output_offset
2716 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
2717 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
2718 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
2719 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
2720 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
2726 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2727 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2728 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2729 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2730 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2731 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2734 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long max_local
)
2736 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
2737 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2740 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2742 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
2745 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
2746 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
2747 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2748 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2749 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2750 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2751 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2752 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2753 too large offsets. */
2754 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
2755 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
2756 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
2757 elf_hash_table (info
)),
2758 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
2761 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2762 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2763 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
2764 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
2765 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
2767 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2768 table index in the GOT. */
2769 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
2774 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2775 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2779 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2781 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
2783 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2784 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2786 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2788 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2791 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2792 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2793 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2795 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2797 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2799 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2800 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2801 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2803 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2804 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2807 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2809 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2810 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2816 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2817 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2821 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2822 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2823 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2824 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2826 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2828 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2830 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2832 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2836 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2839 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2843 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
2844 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2848 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2851 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2854 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2855 need to do it again. */
2858 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2862 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2868 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2870 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2872 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2875 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2876 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2877 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2884 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2885 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2888 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
2889 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2890 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2892 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2895 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2896 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2897 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2898 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2899 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2903 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
))
2906 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2908 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
))
2911 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2919 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2920 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
)
2922 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
)
2924 else if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
2926 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_TWO
;
2932 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2936 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2941 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2946 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2949 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2951 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2952 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2954 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2957 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2960 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2962 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2963 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2964 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2965 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2967 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2970 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
2971 be the master GOT data. */
2973 static struct mips_got_info
*
2974 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2976 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2982 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2983 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2986 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2987 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2991 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2993 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2994 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2995 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2996 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2997 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
3000 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
3002 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
3003 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
3004 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
3010 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3011 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3021 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
3022 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3023 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3030 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3031 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3033 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
3035 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3036 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3037 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3038 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3039 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3049 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
3050 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3051 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
3056 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3058 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3060 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3063 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
3071 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
3072 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
3073 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
3074 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
3075 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
3076 and then make make the new got current. */
3079 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
3081 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
3082 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
3083 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
3084 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
3085 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
3086 unsigned int tcount
= bfd2got
->g
->tls_gotno
;
3087 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
3088 bfd_boolean too_many_for_tls
= FALSE
;
3090 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
3091 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
3092 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
3093 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
3096 unsigned int primary_total
= lcount
+ tcount
+ arg
->global_count
;
3097 if (primary_total
> maxcnt
)
3098 too_many_for_tls
= TRUE
;
3101 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
3102 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
3103 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
3104 && ! too_many_for_tls
)
3106 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
3107 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
3109 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
3110 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
3111 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
3112 else if (arg
->primary
&& ! too_many_for_tls
3113 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
) <= maxcnt
)
3115 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
3116 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
3117 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
3118 int old_tcount
= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
3120 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
3122 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
3123 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
3125 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
3128 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
3129 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
3130 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
3133 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
3134 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
3135 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
);
3137 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
3138 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
+ arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
3140 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
3141 else if (arg
->current
3142 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
)
3144 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
3145 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
3146 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
3147 int old_tcount
= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
3149 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
3151 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
3152 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
3154 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
3157 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
3159 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
3160 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
3161 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
);
3163 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
3164 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
+ arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
3166 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
3167 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
3168 overflows anyway. */
3171 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
3172 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
3174 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
+ 2 * tcount
;
3180 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
3181 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
3184 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3186 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3187 struct mips_got_info
*g
= p
;
3189 unsigned char tls_type
;
3191 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
3192 if (entry
->tls_type
== 0)
3195 next_index
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry
->abfd
) * (long) g
->tls_assigned_gotno
;
3197 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
3199 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3200 hash table entry to track its index. */
3201 if (entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
)
3203 entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
|= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
;
3204 entry
->d
.h
->tls_got_offset
= next_index
;
3205 tls_type
= entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
;
3209 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3211 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
3212 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
3213 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
3214 if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_TWO
&& g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
3216 entry
->gotidx
= g
->tls_ldm_offset
;
3219 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= next_index
;
3221 entry
->gotidx
= next_index
;
3222 tls_type
= entry
->tls_type
;
3225 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
3226 if (tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3227 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 2;
3228 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3229 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 1;
3234 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
3235 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
3236 got) to the given VALUE.
3238 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
3239 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
3240 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
3241 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
3242 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
3243 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
3244 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
3245 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
3248 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3250 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3251 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
3252 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
3253 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
3255 if (g
&& entry
->tls_type
!= GOT_NORMAL
)
3256 arg
->needed_relocs
+=
3257 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3258 entry
->symndx
== -1 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3260 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
3261 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1
3262 && entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
)
3266 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
3268 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3269 if (arg
->info
->shared
3270 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3271 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
3272 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
3273 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
3276 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
3282 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
3283 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
3285 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp
, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3287 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3289 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
3290 && entry
->symndx
== -1
3291 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3292 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
3297 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
3298 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
3299 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
3300 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
3301 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
3302 the traversal must be restarted. */
3304 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3306 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3307 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
3309 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3311 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
3313 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3314 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3315 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3317 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
3322 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
3323 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
3324 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
3326 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
3327 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3330 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
3331 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
3333 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
3336 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
3337 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
3343 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
3346 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3352 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
3354 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
3355 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
3358 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
3361 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
3364 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
3366 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3369 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
3373 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
3377 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
3378 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3381 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
3382 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
3385 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3386 struct mips_got_info
*g
, asection
*got
,
3387 bfd_size_type pages
)
3389 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
3390 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
3391 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
3392 unsigned int assign
;
3394 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
3395 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3396 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3399 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
3400 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
3401 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
3403 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
3404 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
3405 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3406 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3409 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
3410 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
3411 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
3412 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
3413 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
3414 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
3415 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
3416 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
) - pages
);
3417 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
3418 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
3420 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
3422 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
3423 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
3424 to be the primary GOT. */
3425 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3426 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3429 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
3430 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
3432 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3433 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3434 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
3437 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3438 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
3439 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
3440 g
->next
->tls_gotno
= 0;
3441 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3442 g
->next
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3443 g
->next
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3444 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3445 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
3447 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3449 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
3452 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
3453 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
3455 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
3459 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
3460 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
3461 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
3462 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
3465 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
3468 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3469 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3476 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
3478 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
3482 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
3483 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
3484 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
3487 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
3488 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
3489 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
3490 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
3491 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
3492 follows IRIX's practice.
3494 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
3495 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
3496 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
3497 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
3501 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
3502 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
3503 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
3507 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
3508 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
3509 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
3510 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
3511 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
3512 their entries can be omitted. */
3513 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3514 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
3517 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
3518 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
3519 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
3520 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3521 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3522 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
3523 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3524 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3525 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
3528 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
3529 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
3530 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
3531 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
3532 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
3533 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
3534 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
3535 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
3536 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
3537 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
3538 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
3539 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
3540 points back to the master GOT. */
3541 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
3542 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
3549 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
3551 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3552 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
3553 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
3554 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
3556 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
3557 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
3558 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
3563 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
3564 all non-TLS entries. */
3565 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
3566 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
3568 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
3571 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
3574 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_no_stub
, NULL
);
3578 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
3579 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
3580 + gg
->next
->tls_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3586 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
3587 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
3589 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
3590 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
3591 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3592 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
3594 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3596 while (relocation
< relend
)
3598 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
3599 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
3605 /* We didn't find it. */
3609 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
3612 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3613 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3614 asection
**local_sections
,
3615 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
3617 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3618 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3619 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3622 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3623 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3624 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3626 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
3628 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
3633 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
3634 was forced local. */
3635 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3636 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
3637 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3638 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3639 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3640 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3641 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3648 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
3651 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3653 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
3654 /* VALUE is negative. */
3655 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
3660 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
3661 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
3665 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3667 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
3669 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
3670 /* The value is too big. */
3672 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
3673 /* The value is too small. */
3680 /* Calculate the %high function. */
3683 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
3685 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
3688 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
3691 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3694 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
3701 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
3704 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3707 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
3714 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
3717 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
3718 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3721 register asection
*s
;
3723 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
3725 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3728 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
3730 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
3731 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
3734 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
3740 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
3743 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3744 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
)
3747 register asection
*s
;
3748 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3749 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
3750 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3752 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3754 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3756 /* This function may be called more than once. */
3757 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
3760 if (! maybe_exclude
)
3761 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3765 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3766 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3769 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3771 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
3772 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
3773 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3775 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3778 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
3779 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
3780 are not creating a global offset table. */
3782 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3783 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
3784 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
3787 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
3790 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
3791 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
3794 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3797 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
3798 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3801 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3802 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3804 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3805 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3808 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3809 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3810 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3811 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3813 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
3814 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
3815 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
3817 /* VxWorks also needs a .got.plt section. */
3818 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3820 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
3821 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3822 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3823 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3831 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
3832 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
3833 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
3836 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3838 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
3840 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
3841 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
3844 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
3845 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
3846 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
3848 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
3849 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
3850 relocation must be JALX.
3852 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
3853 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
3854 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
3855 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
3857 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3858 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
3859 asection
*input_section
,
3860 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3861 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3862 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3863 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
3864 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
3865 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
3866 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
3868 /* The eventual value we will return. */
3870 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
3873 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
3874 shared object file being produced. */
3875 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
3876 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
3879 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
3880 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
3881 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
3882 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
3883 during execution. */
3884 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
3885 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3887 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
3888 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
3889 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3891 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
3892 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3893 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
3894 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
3895 "__gnu_local_gp". */
3896 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
3897 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3899 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3901 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3902 relocation value. */
3903 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
3904 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3905 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3906 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3909 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3910 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3912 /* Parse the relocation. */
3913 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3914 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3915 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3916 + input_section
->output_offset
3917 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3919 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3920 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3922 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3923 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3924 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3925 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3926 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3927 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3928 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3929 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3932 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3933 must come before globals. */
3937 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3940 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3942 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3943 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3945 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3946 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3947 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3948 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3949 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3950 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3952 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3954 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3957 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3958 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3961 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3962 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3963 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3966 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3968 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3972 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3974 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3975 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3976 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3977 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3978 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3979 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3980 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3982 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3983 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3985 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3986 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3987 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3988 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3990 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3991 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3992 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
3993 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
3994 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3998 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
3999 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
4000 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
4001 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
4004 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
4005 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
4006 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
4008 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4009 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4010 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
4012 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4013 if (sec
->output_section
)
4014 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
4015 + sec
->output_section
->vma
4016 + sec
->output_offset
);
4018 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
4020 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4021 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
4022 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
4023 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
4026 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
4027 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
4029 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
4030 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
4032 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
4033 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
4034 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
4035 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
4036 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
4038 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
4039 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
4042 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
4044 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
4045 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
4046 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
4047 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
4048 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
4049 which is available from here:
4050 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
4055 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
4056 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
4057 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
4058 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
4059 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
))))
4060 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4064 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
4067 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
4068 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
4070 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
4071 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
4073 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
4074 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
4075 && !mips16_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
4077 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
4078 have already noticed that we were going to need the
4081 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
4084 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
4088 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4089 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
4090 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
4092 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
4093 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
4094 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
4096 && ((h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
4098 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
4099 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
4100 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4103 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
4106 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
4107 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
4109 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
4114 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4116 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
4118 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
4125 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
4128 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
4131 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
4132 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4135 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
4136 special jalx instruction. */
4137 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
4138 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4139 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
4141 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4142 local_sections
, TRUE
);
4144 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
4145 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
4148 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4149 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4150 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
4152 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
4153 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
4159 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4160 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4161 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4162 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4163 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4165 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4166 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4167 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
4168 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
4170 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
4171 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
4173 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4177 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
4178 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
4179 if (htab
->is_vxworks
4180 && (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
4181 || r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
4182 || r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
))
4184 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
4185 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
4186 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
4190 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
4191 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
4192 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
4194 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
4195 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, input_bfd
,
4196 &h
->root
, r_type
, info
);
4197 if (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
4198 && (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4200 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.forced_local
)
4201 && h
->root
.def_regular
)))
4203 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
4204 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
4205 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
4206 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
4207 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
4211 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
4212 && (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
|| (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)))
4213 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
4217 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
4218 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
4220 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4223 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
4224 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
4229 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4230 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4231 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4234 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4235 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
4236 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
4238 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
),
4249 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
4250 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
4251 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
4253 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
4257 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4258 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4260 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4261 + input_section
->output_offset
4262 + relocation
->r_offset
);
4263 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
4264 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
4265 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
4267 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
4268 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
4270 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
4271 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
4274 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
4277 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
4281 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4284 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4285 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4292 || (!htab
->is_vxworks
4293 && htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
4295 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
4296 && !h
->root
.def_regular
))
4298 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4300 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
4301 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
4302 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
4303 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
4306 In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
4307 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
4308 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
4310 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
4318 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4322 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4323 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4327 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4331 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
4332 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4336 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
4337 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
4338 the output file that's different. That's handled in
4339 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
4340 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
4343 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
4346 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
4347 if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4348 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> 28);
4350 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4353 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
4354 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
4358 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
4359 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4362 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
4363 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
4367 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
4368 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4375 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
4376 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4380 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
4381 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
4382 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
4386 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
4387 $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
4388 both reloc addends by 4. */
4389 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
4390 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 4);
4392 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
4393 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4400 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4403 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
4404 for this conditional. */
4405 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
4406 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
;
4408 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
4409 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4410 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
4411 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
4412 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
4415 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
4416 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
4419 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
4420 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
4421 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
4422 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
4423 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
4424 not check for overflow here. */
4428 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4429 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
4430 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
4431 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
4436 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4437 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
4438 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
4439 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
4440 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
4441 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4442 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
4443 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
4444 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
4445 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
4446 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4447 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
4448 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
4449 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
4450 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
4451 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
4455 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4460 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
4461 R_MIPS_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
4462 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
4466 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4467 local_sections
, FALSE
);
4468 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
4469 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
4470 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4471 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4473 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4474 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4481 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4482 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4483 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4486 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4489 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4490 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
4492 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4496 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
4497 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
4498 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
4499 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
4500 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4503 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4504 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4505 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
4506 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
4507 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
4509 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
4510 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4513 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4514 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4515 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
4518 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4519 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
4520 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
4524 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
4525 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4526 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4527 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4528 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4531 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4533 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
4536 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4540 value
= symbol
- addend
;
4541 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4545 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
4546 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4549 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
4550 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
4551 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4554 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
4555 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
4556 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4560 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
4561 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
4562 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
4563 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
4564 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4565 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4569 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4570 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4571 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
4572 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4575 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
4576 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4579 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
4581 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
4584 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
4587 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4588 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4589 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
4592 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4594 /* Obtain the bytes. */
4595 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
4600 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
4601 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
4602 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
4603 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
4604 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
4605 unconditionally converted to JALX.
4607 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
4610 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4611 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4612 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4613 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
4614 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
4615 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
4619 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4621 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
4622 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4624 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
4626 /* Obtain the current value. */
4627 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
4629 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
4630 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
4632 /* Set the field. */
4633 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
4635 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
4639 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
4640 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
4642 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
4643 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
4645 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
4650 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
4654 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
4657 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4658 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
4661 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
4662 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4666 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
4667 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
4670 /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
4671 prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
4672 see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
4673 transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
4674 if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd
) == bfd_mach_mips9000
4675 && !info
->relocatable
4677 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
&& (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
4678 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
&& x
== 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
4684 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4685 + input_section
->output_offset
4686 + relocation
->r_offset
4688 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
4689 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
4693 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
4694 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
4697 /* Put the value into the output. */
4698 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
4700 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
4706 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
4709 mips16_stub_section_p (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
)
4711 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
4713 return FN_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
);
4716 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4719 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4723 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4725 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4726 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4727 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4729 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4730 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4735 /* Make room for a null element. */
4736 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4739 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4743 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
4744 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
4745 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
4746 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
4749 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
4750 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4751 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4752 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4753 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
4754 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
4756 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
4761 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
4762 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4764 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4765 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
4766 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4767 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4768 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
4769 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
4770 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
4773 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
4774 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
4775 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
4777 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
4778 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
4779 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
4780 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
4783 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
4784 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
4787 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
4789 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
4790 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
4791 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
4796 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
4797 in the relocation. */
4799 && (!h
->root
.def_regular
4800 || (info
->shared
&& !info
->symbolic
&& !h
->root
.forced_local
)))
4802 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
4803 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4804 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
4806 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
4807 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
4808 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
4809 undefined symbols. */
4814 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
4816 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
4818 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4823 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
4826 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
4827 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
4833 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
4834 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
4835 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
4836 local symbols because we used to generate them
4837 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
4838 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
4839 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
4840 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
4841 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
4842 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
4844 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
4845 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
4846 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
4847 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
4848 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4853 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
4854 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
4855 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
4856 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
4857 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4860 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4861 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
4862 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
4864 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
4865 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
4866 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
4869 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
4870 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
4871 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
4872 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
4873 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
4874 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
4875 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
4876 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
4877 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
4878 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
4879 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
4880 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
4881 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
4882 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
4885 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
4887 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
4888 correct location in the output file. */
4889 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4890 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4891 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4892 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4893 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4894 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4896 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
4897 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
4898 relocation format is non-standard. */
4899 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
4901 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
4902 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4904 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
4906 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4908 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
4909 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
4910 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
4911 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4913 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
4916 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4917 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4918 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
4920 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4921 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
4923 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4924 will be writing to it. */
4925 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
4928 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4929 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4931 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
4936 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
4938 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
4939 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
4940 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
4941 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4942 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
4943 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4945 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4946 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4947 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4949 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4950 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4951 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
4952 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4953 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4954 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4955 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4959 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
4960 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
4962 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
4963 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
4968 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4971 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
4973 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4975 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4976 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4978 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4979 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4981 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4982 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4984 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4985 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4987 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4988 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4990 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4991 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4993 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4994 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4996 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4997 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4999 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
5000 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
5002 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
5003 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
5006 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
5010 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
5013 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
5016 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
5019 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
5022 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
5024 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
5025 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
5027 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
5028 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
5030 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
5031 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
5033 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
5034 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
5041 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
5043 static INLINE
char *
5044 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
5048 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
5049 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
5052 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
5054 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
5058 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
5060 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
5062 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
5064 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
5067 return "unknown abi";
5071 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
5072 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
5073 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
5074 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
5075 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
5076 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
5077 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5078 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
5080 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
5081 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
5082 definition in a shared library. */
5083 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
5084 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5085 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
5087 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
5088 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5091 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
5093 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
5095 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
5096 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
5098 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5099 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
5100 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
5101 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
5102 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
5103 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
5104 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
5106 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
5107 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
5108 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
5109 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5110 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5111 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
5112 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
5113 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
5114 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5115 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5117 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5121 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5122 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
5123 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5124 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
5125 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5128 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5129 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
5131 /* Initialize the small common section. */
5132 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
5133 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5134 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5135 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5136 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
5137 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
5138 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
5139 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5140 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5142 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5143 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5146 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5147 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5152 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
5154 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
5155 if (section
!= NULL
)
5157 asym
->section
= section
;
5158 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5159 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
5160 base address to make it an offset. */
5161 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
5168 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
5170 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
5171 if (section
!= NULL
)
5173 asym
->section
= section
;
5174 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5175 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
5176 base address to make it an offset. */
5177 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
5184 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
5185 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
5187 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
5188 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
5189 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
5190 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
5191 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
5193 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
5194 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
5195 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
5196 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
5198 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
5199 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
5200 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
5201 We therefore take the following approach:
5203 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
5204 determine the pointer size.
5206 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
5207 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
5211 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
5212 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
5213 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
5214 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
5215 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
5217 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
5218 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
5222 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
5224 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
5226 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
5228 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
5230 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
5231 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
5232 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
5239 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
5240 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
5241 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
5250 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
5251 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
5252 same address. For example, if we have code like:
5254 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
5255 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
5258 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
5259 will jump there rather than to .text.
5261 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
5262 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
5265 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
5267 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
5270 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
5271 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
5272 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
5276 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
5278 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
5279 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
5283 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5284 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
5287 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
5290 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5291 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5295 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
5296 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5297 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
5298 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
5300 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5302 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
5303 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
5304 so that we don't have to read them again.
5305 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
5306 through the section contents to see if there is an
5307 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
5309 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
5311 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5312 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5314 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5316 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5318 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
5320 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5321 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5322 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
5325 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5332 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5333 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
5336 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5337 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
5340 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5347 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5348 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
5351 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5352 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5359 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
5361 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
5363 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5364 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
5365 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
5367 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5368 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5370 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
5372 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5373 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
5375 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
5377 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5378 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5380 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
5383 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5385 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
5387 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
5389 unsigned int adjust
;
5391 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
5393 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
5401 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
5402 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
5403 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
5405 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
5409 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
5410 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
5416 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
5417 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
5418 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
5419 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
5420 probably get away with this. */
5421 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
5423 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
5424 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
5428 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
5431 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
5432 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
5435 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
5436 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
5439 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
5440 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
5443 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
5444 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
5446 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
5448 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
5449 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
5450 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
5452 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
5454 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
5455 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
5458 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
5459 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
5462 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
5463 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5466 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
5467 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_"))
5470 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
5471 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
5474 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
5475 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
5476 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
5483 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
5488 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5489 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
5495 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
5497 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
5498 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
5499 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
5500 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
5501 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
5503 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
5506 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5507 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
5509 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
5510 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
5513 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
5514 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
5515 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
5516 they should agree. */
5517 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
5519 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5521 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
5522 if (contents
== NULL
)
5524 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
5531 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5532 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5534 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5536 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5538 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
5540 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5541 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5542 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
5545 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5547 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
5549 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
5551 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
5552 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5554 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5556 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5558 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
5560 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
5562 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
5563 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5565 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5575 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
5576 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
5577 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5580 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
5582 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5584 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
5586 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
5587 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
5588 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5590 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
5591 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
5592 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
5594 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
5595 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
5596 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5598 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
5599 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
5600 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
5602 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
5603 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
5604 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5605 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5606 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5608 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5610 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
5612 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
5613 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
5614 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5615 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5617 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5618 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5620 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5623 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5625 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5626 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
5627 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
5628 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
5630 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5631 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5633 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
5634 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
5637 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
5638 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
5639 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5640 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
5641 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
5642 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
5643 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5644 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
5646 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
5647 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5649 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
5651 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
5652 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5653 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5655 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5657 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
5658 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5659 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5661 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_"))
5662 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
5663 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
5665 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
5666 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
5667 final_write_processing. */
5669 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
5670 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
5672 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
5673 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5674 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5676 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
5678 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
5679 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
5680 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
5683 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
5684 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
5685 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
5686 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
5687 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
5692 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
5693 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
5694 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
5695 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
5696 the .scommon section. */
5699 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5700 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
5702 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
5704 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5707 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
5709 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
5715 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
5716 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
5719 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5720 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
5721 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5722 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
5724 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5725 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
5726 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
5728 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
5733 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
5734 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
5735 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
5736 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
5737 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
5738 is not done for them. */
5740 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
5741 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
5747 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
5750 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5751 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
5752 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5753 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
5754 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5757 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5758 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
5759 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5760 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
5764 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5765 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5767 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
5768 asection
*elf_text_section
;
5769 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5771 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5772 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5775 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5776 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5777 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
5780 /* Initialize the section. */
5782 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
5783 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5785 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5786 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
5788 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
5789 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5790 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5791 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5792 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
5793 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5794 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
5796 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5797 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5798 so I took it out. */
5799 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
5802 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5803 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
5805 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5806 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5808 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
5809 asection
*elf_data_section
;
5810 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5812 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5813 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5816 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5817 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5818 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
5821 /* Initialize the section. */
5823 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
5824 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5826 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5827 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
5829 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
5830 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5831 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5832 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5833 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
5834 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5835 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
5837 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5838 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5839 so I took it out. */
5840 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
5843 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5844 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5848 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5850 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
5851 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
5853 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5854 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5856 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
5858 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5859 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
5860 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5863 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5866 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5868 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5871 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
5874 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
5875 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
5876 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
5877 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5883 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
5884 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
5885 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
5888 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
5889 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5890 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
5891 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5893 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
5894 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
5895 common in the output file. */
5896 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
5897 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
5898 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5900 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5901 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
5906 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
5908 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
5911 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5913 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5914 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5916 register asection
*s
;
5917 const char * const *namep
;
5918 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5920 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5921 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5922 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
5924 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
5926 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
5928 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5931 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
5936 /* We need to create .got section. */
5937 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
5940 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
5943 /* Create .stub section. */
5944 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5945 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
5947 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
5948 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
5951 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5952 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5956 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
5958 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
5960 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
5961 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
5963 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5964 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5968 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
5969 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
5970 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
5971 the linker takes such action. */
5972 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
5974 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
5977 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5978 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
5979 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5982 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5985 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5987 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5991 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
5992 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5994 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
5998 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
5999 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
6001 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6002 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
6004 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6005 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
6007 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6008 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
6010 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6011 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
6013 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6020 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
6022 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6023 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
6024 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6027 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6030 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
6032 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6035 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
6037 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
6038 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
6039 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
6040 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
6041 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
6042 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6044 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
6046 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6047 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
6048 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6051 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6054 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6056 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6061 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6063 /* Create the .plt, .rela.plt, .dynbss and .rela.bss sections.
6064 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
6065 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
6068 /* Cache the sections created above. */
6069 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynbss");
6070 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
6071 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
6072 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
6074 || (!htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
6079 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
6080 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
6083 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
6086 htab
->plt_header_size
6087 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
6088 htab
->plt_entry_size
6089 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
6093 htab
->plt_header_size
6094 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
6095 htab
->plt_entry_size
6096 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
6103 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
6104 allocate space in the global offset table. */
6107 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6108 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
6112 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6113 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6114 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
6116 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6117 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
6120 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6121 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6123 if (info
->relocatable
)
6126 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6127 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6128 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6129 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
6130 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6132 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
6134 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
6135 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
6137 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6139 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6142 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
6144 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
6145 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
6149 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
6150 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
6151 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
6152 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6154 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
6155 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
6157 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
6158 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
6159 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
6160 || mips16_stub_section_p (abfd
, o
))
6164 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
6166 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
6169 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
6170 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
6171 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
6172 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
6175 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
6184 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
6185 not need it. Since this function is called before
6186 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
6187 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
6189 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6193 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
6195 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
6197 unsigned long symcount
;
6201 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
6202 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
6204 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6205 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
6206 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6209 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
6212 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
6213 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
6215 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
6216 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
6217 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
6218 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
6222 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6224 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6225 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6227 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6228 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6229 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6231 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6233 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
6234 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
6235 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
6236 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
6237 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
6238 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
6240 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6244 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
6246 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
6249 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
6251 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6252 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6255 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6258 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
6260 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
6261 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
6265 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
6266 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
6267 that refers to this symbol. */
6268 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6270 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
6271 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
6273 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
6274 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
6275 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
6276 || mips16_stub_section_p (abfd
, o
))
6280 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
6282 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
6285 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
6286 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
6287 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
6288 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
6291 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
6300 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
6301 not need it. Since this function is called before
6302 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
6303 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
6305 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6309 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
6311 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
6313 unsigned long symcount
;
6317 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
6318 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
6320 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6321 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
6322 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6325 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
6328 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
6329 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
6331 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
6332 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
6333 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
6334 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
6338 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6339 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6341 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6343 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
6344 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
6346 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
6348 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
6349 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
6350 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
6351 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
6352 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
6355 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6359 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
6361 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
6372 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6377 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6378 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6379 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6384 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6385 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6386 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
6388 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6389 unsigned int r_type
;
6390 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6392 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6393 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6395 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
6397 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
6399 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6400 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
6402 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6407 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
6409 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
6412 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6413 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6417 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6418 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
6424 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6425 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6426 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6427 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6428 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6429 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6430 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6431 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6433 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6435 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6436 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
6438 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6439 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
6441 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6442 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
6443 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6444 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6452 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6453 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6454 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
6456 && (info
->shared
|| (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
))
6457 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6458 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6468 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_relocation_target
= TRUE
;
6470 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
6471 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
6472 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
6473 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
6477 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
6481 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
6482 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6483 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
6484 relocations against the text segment. */
6485 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6488 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
6489 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
6490 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
6491 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
&& htab
->is_vxworks
))
6493 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
6494 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
6495 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
6496 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
6497 R_MIPS_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
6498 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
6499 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
6500 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
6501 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6502 rel
->r_addend
, g
, 0))
6511 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6512 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
6513 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6514 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6519 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6520 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6523 /* VxWorks call relocations point the function's .got.plt
6524 entry, which will be allocated by adjust_dynamic_symbol.
6525 Otherwise, this symbol requires a global GOT entry. */
6526 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
6527 && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6530 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
6531 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
6532 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
6538 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6539 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
6540 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
6545 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6546 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6548 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6549 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6550 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6551 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6553 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
6554 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
6555 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
6561 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6562 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6563 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6564 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6568 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6570 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
6573 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6574 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
6582 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
6583 for TLS GD relocations. */
6585 unsigned char flag
= (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
6587 : r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
6592 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6593 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6594 hmips
->tls_type
|= flag
;
6596 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, flag
))
6601 BFD_ASSERT (flag
== GOT_TLS_LDM
|| r_symndx
!= 0);
6603 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6604 rel
->r_addend
, g
, flag
))
6613 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6614 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6615 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
6616 if ((info
->shared
|| (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
))
6617 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6621 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
6627 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6628 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
6629 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
6630 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
6631 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6632 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
6633 relocations against the text segment. */
6634 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6638 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6640 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
6641 defined in a dynamic object. */
6642 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6643 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
6644 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6645 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
6646 are relocations against the text segment. */
6647 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
6650 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
6651 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
6652 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
6653 dynamic relocations against it. This does not apply
6654 to VxWorks, which does not have the usual coupling
6655 between global GOT entries and .dynsym entries. */
6656 if (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
6659 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6660 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
6662 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6663 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6668 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6669 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6670 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6675 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_branch_target
= TRUE
;
6680 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_branch_target
= TRUE
;
6683 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
6684 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
6685 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6686 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6687 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6688 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6691 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6692 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6693 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6694 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6698 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6699 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6700 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6701 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6709 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
6710 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
6711 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
6712 a normal .got entry. */
6713 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
!= NULL
)
6717 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6720 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6721 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6726 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
6727 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
6728 References from a stub section do not count. */
6730 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
6731 && !mips16_stub_section_p (abfd
, sec
))
6733 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6735 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6736 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6744 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
6745 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6748 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6749 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
6750 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6751 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6753 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
6754 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
6755 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6757 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
6760 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
6763 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6764 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6765 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6768 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
6769 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6770 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6771 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6773 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6776 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
6777 unsigned int r_type
;
6778 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6780 unsigned long instruction
;
6782 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
6783 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
6784 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
6785 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6786 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
6789 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6790 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
6791 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
6793 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
6794 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6795 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6797 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6798 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6799 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6801 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
6803 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6804 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6805 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
6806 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
6807 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
6810 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6811 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
6812 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
6813 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6814 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
6816 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
6820 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6822 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
6823 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
6825 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6826 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6827 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6828 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
6830 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6834 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
6835 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6837 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6838 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6839 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
6840 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
6843 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
6844 symval
= isym
->st_value
6845 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6846 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
6849 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
6851 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
6852 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6854 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
6855 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
6860 /* Check that it's in range. */
6861 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
6864 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
6865 if (contents
== NULL
)
6867 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6868 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6869 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6872 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
6877 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6879 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
6880 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
6881 instruction
= 0x04110000;
6882 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
6883 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
6884 instruction
= 0x10000000;
6888 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
6889 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6890 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
6893 if (contents
!= NULL
6894 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6896 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6900 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6901 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6907 if (contents
!= NULL
6908 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6913 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6914 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6915 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6916 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6920 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6921 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6924 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6926 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6928 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6929 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6931 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6932 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
6934 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
6937 && !h
->def_regular
)));
6939 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
6940 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
6942 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6943 if (! info
->relocatable
6944 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
6945 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
6946 || !h
->def_regular
))
6948 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
6949 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
6950 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
6951 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
6952 against the text segment. */
6953 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6956 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
6957 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
6960 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6963 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
6964 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
6965 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
6966 executable and the shared library. */
6967 if (!h
->def_regular
)
6969 /* We need .stub section. */
6970 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6971 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6972 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6974 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6975 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->size
;
6977 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
6978 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
6980 /* Make room for this stub code. */
6981 s
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
6983 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
6984 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
6988 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6991 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
6992 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
6993 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6997 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6998 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6999 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
7000 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
7002 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7003 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
7004 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7005 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7009 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
7010 is not a function. */
7015 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
7018 _bfd_mips_vxworks_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7019 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
7022 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
7023 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7025 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7026 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7027 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7029 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
7030 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
7033 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
7036 && !h
->def_regular
)));
7038 /* If the symbol is defined by a dynamic object, we need a PLT stub if
7039 either (a) we want to branch to the symbol or (b) we're linking an
7040 executable that needs a canonical function address. In the latter
7041 case, the canonical address will be the address of the executable's
7043 if ((hmips
->is_branch_target
7045 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
7046 && hmips
->is_relocation_target
))
7050 && !h
->forced_local
)
7053 /* Locally-binding symbols do not need a PLT stub; we can refer to
7054 the functions directly. */
7055 else if (h
->needs_plt
7056 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7057 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
7058 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)))
7066 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
7067 for the header, and for the header's .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
7068 if (htab
->splt
->size
== 0)
7070 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_header_size
;
7072 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7075 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
7076 h
->plt
.offset
= htab
->splt
->size
;
7077 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
7079 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
7080 symbol's value to the address of the stub. For executables,
7081 point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy resolution stub;
7082 this stub will become the canonical function address. */
7083 if (!h
->def_regular
)
7085 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
7086 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->plt
.offset
;
7088 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+= 8;
7091 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
7092 htab
->sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
7093 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7095 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
7097 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7102 /* If a function symbol is defined by a dynamic object, and we do not
7103 need a PLT stub for it, the symbol's value should be zero. */
7104 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
7109 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7113 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
7114 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
7115 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
7116 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
7118 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7119 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
7120 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7121 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7125 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
7126 is not a function. */
7130 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
7131 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
7132 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
7133 object will contain position independent code, so all references
7134 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
7135 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
7136 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
7137 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
7138 same memory location for the variable. */
7140 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7142 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7146 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
7149 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
7150 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
7151 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
7152 the current linking stage. */
7154 static bfd_size_type
7155 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7157 bfd_size_type count
;
7160 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
7163 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7165 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7166 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
7167 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
7168 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
7169 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
7175 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
7176 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
7177 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
7180 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7181 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7187 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7189 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
7190 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
7191 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
7193 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg
;
7194 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7196 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7198 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
7199 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
7201 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
7203 if (! (info
->relocatable
7204 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
7205 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
7206 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
, NULL
);
7208 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7210 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
7213 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
7217 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
7218 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
7220 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
7222 asection
*subsection
;
7224 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
7226 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
7228 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
7230 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
7231 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
7235 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
7236 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
7237 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
7238 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
7240 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
7243 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
7244 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
7246 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
7247 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
7250 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
7251 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
7252 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
7254 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
7255 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
7257 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
7258 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
7259 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
7260 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
7262 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
7263 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
7265 loadable_size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
* (i
+ 1);
7267 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7268 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS_GOT16
7269 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
7270 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
7273 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
7274 sections. Is 5 enough? */
7275 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
7277 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
7278 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7280 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
7281 s
->size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7283 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
7284 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
7285 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
7286 count_tls_arg
.info
= info
;
7287 count_tls_arg
.needed
= 0;
7288 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7289 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries
,
7291 g
->tls_gotno
+= count_tls_arg
.needed
;
7292 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7294 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
7296 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
7297 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
7299 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
7301 if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
7306 /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */
7307 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
7308 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
7314 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
7317 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7318 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7321 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
7322 bfd_boolean reltext
;
7323 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7325 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7326 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7327 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
7329 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7331 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
7332 if (info
->executable
)
7334 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
7335 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7337 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
7339 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
7343 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
7344 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
7348 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7352 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
7353 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
7354 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
7356 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
7359 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
7363 const char *outname
;
7366 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
7367 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
7368 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
7369 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
7370 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
7372 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
7374 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
7376 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
7377 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7378 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
7381 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
7382 to copy relocs into the output file. */
7383 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
7386 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
7387 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
7388 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
7389 will move them around between input sections'
7390 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
7391 broken, so don't let it run. */
7392 info
->combreloc
= 0;
7395 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0)
7397 /* Executables do not need a GOT. */
7400 /* Allocate relocations for all but the reserved entries. */
7401 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7404 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
7405 count
= (g
->global_gotno
7407 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
));
7408 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, count
);
7411 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".got"))
7413 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
7414 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
7415 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
7417 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
7418 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
7419 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
7420 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
7424 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7425 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
7427 /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever
7428 find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all
7429 resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */
7430 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
7431 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7433 unsigned int save_assign
;
7435 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
7437 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
7438 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
7439 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
7440 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
7441 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
7442 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
7443 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
7444 &set_got_offset_arg
);
7445 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
7446 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
7447 <= g
->global_gotno
);
7449 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
7452 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
7453 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
7454 + g
->next
->global_gotno
7455 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
7456 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
));
7462 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg
;
7466 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs
,
7468 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7469 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs
,
7472 needed_relocs
+= arg
.needed
;
7476 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
7479 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
7481 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
7482 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
7483 s
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
7485 else if (! info
->shared
7486 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7487 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
7489 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
7490 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
7493 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
7494 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
7495 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
7496 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
7497 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
7500 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
7506 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7510 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
7513 /* Allocate memory for this section last, since we may increase its
7515 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
7521 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
7522 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
7523 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7525 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
7530 /* Allocate memory for the .rel(a).dyn section. */
7531 if (sreldyn
!= NULL
)
7533 sreldyn
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, sreldyn
->size
);
7534 if (sreldyn
->contents
== NULL
)
7536 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
7541 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7543 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
7544 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
7545 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
7546 the .dynamic section. */
7548 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
7549 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
7550 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and GDB only
7551 looks at the first one it sees. */
7553 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
7556 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
7557 used by the debugger. */
7558 if (info
->executable
7559 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
7560 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
7563 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
7564 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
7566 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
7568 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
7571 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
7572 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
7573 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
7574 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
7575 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
7578 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
7581 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7583 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
7584 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
7585 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
))
7587 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
7590 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
7593 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
7596 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
7598 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
7601 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
7604 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
7610 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
))
7612 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
7615 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
7618 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
7622 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
7625 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
7628 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
7631 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
7634 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
7637 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
7640 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
7643 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
7644 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
7647 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
7648 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
7649 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
7650 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
7658 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
7659 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
7660 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
7661 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
7664 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7665 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
7666 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7668 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
7669 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7672 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
, FALSE
))
7674 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7675 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
7676 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
7677 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
7678 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
7680 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
7681 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
7684 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7685 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7687 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
7688 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7690 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7691 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7694 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
7695 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
7696 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
7700 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
7703 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7704 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
7705 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7706 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
7707 asection
**local_sections
)
7709 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7710 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
7712 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
7713 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7715 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7716 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7717 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
7721 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7722 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
7723 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
7725 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
7726 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7728 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7730 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7731 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7733 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
7734 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
7735 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
7736 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
7737 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
7740 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7741 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7742 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
, FALSE
))
7744 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7749 unsigned long extsymoff
;
7752 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
7753 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7754 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
7755 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7756 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7757 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7760 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7761 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7762 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7765 if (sec
!= NULL
&& elf_discarded_section (sec
))
7767 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7768 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7769 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7770 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7776 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
7778 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
7779 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
7780 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
7781 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
7782 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
7783 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
7784 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
7786 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
7788 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7792 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
7794 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7796 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
7797 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
7798 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
7799 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
7800 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
7801 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
7802 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
7803 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7804 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
7805 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
7806 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
7808 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7810 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
7811 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
7813 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7814 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
7816 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
7818 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
7821 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7823 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
7824 combination of the addend stored in two different
7826 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
7827 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
7828 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
7829 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
7831 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7832 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7835 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
7836 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7838 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7840 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
7841 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
7842 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
7843 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
7846 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7848 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
7849 relocation must be immediately following.
7850 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
7851 may be a composed relocation consisting of
7852 several relocations for the same address. In
7853 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
7854 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
7855 in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7857 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes
7858 the LO16 but keeps the corresponding HI16. This
7859 is strictly speaking a violation of the ABI but
7860 not immediately harmful. */
7861 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
,
7864 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7869 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7871 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
7872 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
7874 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7875 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
7876 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
7881 bfd_byte
*lo16_location
;
7884 lo16_location
= contents
+ lo16_relocation
->r_offset
;
7886 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7887 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
,
7889 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
,
7890 FALSE
, lo16_location
);
7891 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
,
7893 input_bfd
, contents
);
7894 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
,
7895 FALSE
, lo16_location
);
7896 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
7897 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7898 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7902 /* Compute the combined addend. */
7907 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
7910 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7911 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
7912 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
7915 if (info
->relocatable
)
7917 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
7918 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7921 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
7923 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
7924 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
7925 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
7926 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
7927 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
7928 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
7929 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
7930 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
7932 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
7934 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
7935 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
7936 source of the addend in the final link. */
7937 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7939 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7940 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7941 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
7942 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
7943 but for endianness. */
7949 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7951 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7958 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7959 do two separate stores. */
7960 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7962 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7964 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7970 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7972 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7973 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7974 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7975 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7979 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
7980 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7985 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
7989 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
7990 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
7991 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
7993 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7994 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
7995 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
7996 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
7998 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
8000 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
8001 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
8002 input_section
, info
, rel
,
8003 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
8004 local_sections
, &value
,
8005 &name
, &require_jalx
,
8006 use_saved_addend_p
))
8008 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
8009 /* There's nothing to do. */
8012 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
8013 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
8014 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
8015 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
8016 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
8019 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
8020 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
8021 info
->callbacks
->warning
8022 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
8025 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
8026 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
8027 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
8028 a given location. */
8032 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
8033 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
8034 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
8035 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
8048 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
8049 until we reach the last one. */
8050 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
8056 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
8057 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
8058 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
8059 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
8060 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
8061 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
8062 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
8063 only a 32-bit VMA. */
8069 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
8071 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
8078 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
8079 do two separate stores. */
8080 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
8082 /* Undo what we did above. */
8084 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
8086 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
8092 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
8094 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
8095 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8096 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
8097 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8101 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
8102 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
8103 input_bfd
, input_section
,
8104 contents
, require_jalx
))
8111 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
8112 adjust it appropriately now. */
8115 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8116 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8118 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
8119 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
8120 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
8123 "__dso_displacement",
8125 "__program_header_table",
8129 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
8137 const char* const *p
;
8140 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
8141 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
8144 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
8146 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
8148 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8149 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8151 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
8153 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
8155 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8161 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
8162 dynamic sections here. */
8165 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8166 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8167 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8168 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8172 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
8175 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8177 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8178 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8180 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
8183 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
8185 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
8187 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8189 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
8190 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
8191 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8193 BFD_ASSERT ((htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8194 || (h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff));
8196 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
8197 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
8199 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
8202 /* Fill the stub. */
8204 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
8206 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
8208 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8210 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
8214 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
8217 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
8218 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
8219 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8220 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
8221 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
8222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
8224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
8227 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->size
);
8228 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, htab
->function_stub_size
);
8230 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
8231 only for the referenced symbol. */
8232 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8234 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
8235 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
8236 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
8237 sym
->st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
8241 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
8242 || h
->forced_local
);
8244 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8245 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
8246 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8247 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8248 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8250 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
8251 the symbols that need them. */
8252 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
8253 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8258 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8259 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
, R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
8260 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8263 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->type
!= STT_TLS
)
8265 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
8271 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
8273 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
8276 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8279 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
8284 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
8286 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
8287 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
8289 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
8290 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
8291 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
8292 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
8293 appropriate addend. */
8294 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
8296 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
8297 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
8298 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
8300 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
8301 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
8304 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8305 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
8306 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
8310 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
8311 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8316 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
8317 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
8318 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
8319 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
8320 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8321 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
8322 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
8324 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8325 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8328 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
8330 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8331 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8332 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
8334 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
8336 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
8337 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
8339 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8340 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8342 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8344 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
8346 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8347 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8348 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
8349 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8351 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
8353 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
8354 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
8355 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
8356 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8360 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
8361 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
8362 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
8366 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8367 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
8368 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
8370 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
8371 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8372 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
8373 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
8374 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
8375 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
8377 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8378 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
8380 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
8381 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
8382 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
8383 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
8385 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
8389 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8390 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
8391 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
8396 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
8399 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8400 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8401 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8402 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8406 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8407 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8409 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8410 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8412 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8415 bfd_vma plt_address
, plt_index
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
8416 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8417 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
8419 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8420 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
8421 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
8423 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
8424 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
8425 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
8428 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
8429 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
8430 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
8432 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
8433 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
8434 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
8437 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
8438 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8439 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
8441 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
8442 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
8443 branch_offset
= -(h
->plt
.offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
8445 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
8446 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
8447 htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* 4);
8449 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
8450 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
8454 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
8455 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
8456 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
8460 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
8462 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
8463 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8464 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
8466 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
8467 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
8468 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
8469 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
8470 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
8471 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
8472 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
8473 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
8475 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
8476 + (plt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
8478 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
8479 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
8480 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8481 rel
.r_addend
= h
->plt
.offset
;
8482 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8484 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
8485 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8486 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
8487 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8488 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
8489 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8491 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
8492 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8494 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8495 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8498 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
8499 loc
= htab
->srelplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8500 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
8501 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
8503 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8505 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8506 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8509 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
8511 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8512 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
8513 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8514 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8515 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8517 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
8518 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
8519 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8522 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
8526 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
8527 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
,
8528 R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
8529 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8531 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
8532 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8533 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
8534 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
8535 + sgot
->output_offset
8537 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8538 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
8539 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
8542 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
8545 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8547 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8549 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8550 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
8551 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
8552 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
8554 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
8555 htab
->srelbss
->contents
8556 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
8557 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
8558 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
8561 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8562 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
8563 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
8568 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
8569 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
8572 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8574 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
8576 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
8577 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
8578 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8580 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8581 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
8583 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8584 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8585 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
8586 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
8588 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8589 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
8591 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
8592 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
8594 /* Install the PLT header. */
8595 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
8596 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
8597 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
8598 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
8599 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
8600 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
8601 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
8603 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8604 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
8605 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
8606 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8608 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
8609 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8611 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
8612 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8614 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8615 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
8616 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8618 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
8619 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
8620 in which symbols were output. */
8621 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
8623 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8625 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8626 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8627 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8628 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8630 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8631 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8632 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8633 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8635 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8636 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8637 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8638 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8642 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
8645 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8648 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8650 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8652 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
8653 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
8654 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
8655 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
8658 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
8661 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8662 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8667 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
8668 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8670 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8671 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8673 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
8675 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8680 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8681 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8682 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
8683 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
8684 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8687 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8690 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
8692 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
8693 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8695 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
8696 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
8697 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
8699 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8703 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
8705 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8706 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
8708 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8714 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
8718 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8719 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
8723 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
8725 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
8730 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8732 /* _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is defined to be the beginning
8733 of the ".got" section in DYNOBJ. */
8734 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, name
);
8735 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8736 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
8740 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
8741 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8742 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
8746 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
8747 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
8751 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
8754 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
8762 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
8767 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
8772 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
8773 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
8774 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8775 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
8778 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
8779 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
8782 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
8783 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
8784 entry of the first external symbol that is not
8785 referenced within the same object. */
8786 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
8789 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
8790 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
8792 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
8795 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
8796 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
8797 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
8799 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
8801 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8802 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
8803 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8805 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
8808 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
8809 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
8812 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
8813 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
8816 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
8817 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
8818 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
8819 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
8823 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8824 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
8826 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
8830 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8831 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
8835 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8836 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
8840 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8841 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
8842 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
8846 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
8848 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
8850 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
8856 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
8857 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
8858 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
8859 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
8869 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
8870 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
8871 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
8875 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
8880 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
8881 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
8882 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
8885 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0)
8887 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8889 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
8890 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
8891 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
8892 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
8893 to the lazy resolution stub. */
8894 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
8895 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
8897 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
8898 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8899 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
8901 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8905 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
8906 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
8907 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
8908 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
8909 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0x80000000,
8910 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8913 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
8914 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8917 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
8918 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
8920 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
8923 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
8924 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
8926 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8928 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
8929 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
8931 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
8932 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8933 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
8934 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8939 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
8941 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
8942 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8943 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8944 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
8945 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
8948 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
8953 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
8954 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
8957 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8960 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
8962 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
8964 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
8965 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
8966 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
8968 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8971 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8972 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
8974 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8980 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
8981 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
8982 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
8983 are trailing null entries. */
8984 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8985 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
8986 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
8987 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
8988 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
8989 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
8990 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
8991 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
9001 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
9008 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
9010 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
9012 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
9013 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
9017 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
9019 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
9020 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
9023 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
9024 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
9027 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
9028 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
9029 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
9032 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
9034 BFD_ASSERT (s
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
9035 dummy_offset
= s
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
9036 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
9037 htab
->function_stub_size
);
9042 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
9043 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
9044 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
9045 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
9046 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9048 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9050 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
9052 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9054 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9055 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
9056 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
9057 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
9059 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
9060 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
9061 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
9066 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
9069 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
9071 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
9077 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
9080 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
9084 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
9087 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
9088 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
9091 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
9092 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
9095 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
9096 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
9099 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
9100 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
9101 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
9102 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
9103 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
9106 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
9107 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
9110 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
9111 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
9114 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
9115 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
9118 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
9119 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
9122 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
9123 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
9126 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
9127 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
9130 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
9131 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
9134 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
9135 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
9138 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
9139 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
9140 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
9141 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
9142 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
9143 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
9146 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
9147 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
9150 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
9151 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
9154 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
9155 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
9158 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
9159 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
9162 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
9163 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
9166 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
9167 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
9170 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9171 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
9176 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
9177 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
9178 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
9181 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
9182 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9185 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
9189 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
9190 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
9191 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
9192 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
9193 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
9195 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
9196 info for each special section. */
9197 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
9198 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
9201 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
9204 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
9205 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
9207 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9210 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
9211 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9212 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9213 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
9214 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
9215 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
9216 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9217 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9220 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
9221 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9222 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9223 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
9224 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
9225 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9226 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
9227 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9228 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9231 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
9232 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
9234 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9235 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
9237 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9240 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
9241 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9242 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9243 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
9244 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
9245 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9246 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
9249 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
9250 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9252 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
9254 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9255 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9262 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
9266 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
9267 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9272 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
9273 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
9274 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
9277 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
9278 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
9279 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9280 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
9283 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
9284 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
9285 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
9286 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
9289 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
9290 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
9291 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
9292 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
9298 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
9301 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
9302 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9305 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
9308 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
9310 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
9311 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
9313 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9314 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
9319 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9323 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
9327 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
9328 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9330 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
9331 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
9339 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
9340 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
9341 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
9344 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
9345 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
9346 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
9348 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
9350 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
9351 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
9356 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
9358 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9360 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
9361 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
9364 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
9366 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
9367 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9368 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
9369 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
9370 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
9371 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
9372 options_segment
->count
= 1;
9373 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
9374 *pm
= options_segment
;
9380 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
9382 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
9383 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
9384 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
9385 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
9386 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
9388 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9389 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
9394 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9398 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
9400 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9405 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
9413 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
9414 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9415 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
9425 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
9426 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
9428 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
9430 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
9433 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
9435 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
9436 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
9437 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
9438 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
9439 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
9441 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
9442 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
9445 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
9446 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
9447 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
9448 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
9449 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
9450 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
9451 which might move one of the other sections to a different
9453 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
9456 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
9458 static const char *sec_names
[] =
9460 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
9464 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
9468 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
9470 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
9471 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
9478 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
9484 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9485 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
9487 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
9490 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
9491 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9498 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9500 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
9502 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
9513 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
9514 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
9516 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
9517 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
9518 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
9519 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
9520 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
9522 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
9523 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
9524 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
9525 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
9526 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
9528 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
9529 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
9531 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
9532 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
9536 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
9540 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
9548 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
9552 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
9553 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9554 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
9555 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9556 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9558 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
9561 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
9563 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
9564 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
9568 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
9571 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
9574 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9575 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9576 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9577 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9580 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9581 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9582 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
9583 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
9584 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9585 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9587 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9588 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
9589 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
9591 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
9592 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
9593 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
9597 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
9598 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
9599 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
9600 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
9601 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
9602 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
9603 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
9604 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
9605 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
9606 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
9617 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
9618 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
9619 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
9620 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
9623 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9624 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
9625 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
9627 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
9629 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
9631 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9634 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
9635 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
9636 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
9637 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9638 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
9639 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9640 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
9642 if (dirmips
->tls_type
== 0)
9643 dirmips
->tls_type
= indmips
->tls_type
;
9647 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9648 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
9649 bfd_boolean force_local
)
9653 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9654 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9656 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
9657 if (h
->forced_local
)
9659 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
9661 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9662 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
&& h
->root
.type
!= STT_TLS
9663 && (got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, TRUE
)) != NULL
9664 && (g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
) != NULL
)
9668 struct mips_got_entry e
;
9669 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
9671 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
9672 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
9673 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
9674 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
9675 the upper limit of global entries. */
9681 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
9682 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
9684 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
9689 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
9690 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
9691 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
9692 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
9693 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
9695 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
9696 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
9699 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
9700 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
9701 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
9704 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
9706 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
9707 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
9709 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
9715 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
9721 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
9722 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9725 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9726 unsigned char *tdata
;
9729 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
9734 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
9736 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
9737 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
9740 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
9744 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
9752 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
9753 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
9755 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
9757 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
9766 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
9767 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
9773 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
9774 free (cookie
->rels
);
9780 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9782 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
9788 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9789 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9790 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
9792 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
9795 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
9798 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
9802 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
9803 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
9805 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
9807 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
9810 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
9813 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
9814 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
9818 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
9819 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
9821 struct mips_elf_find_line
9823 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
9824 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
9828 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
9829 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
9830 const char **filename_ptr
,
9831 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9832 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9836 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9837 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9841 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9842 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9843 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
9844 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9847 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
9851 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
9852 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
9853 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
9855 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
9856 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
9857 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
9858 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
9859 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
9860 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9862 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
9865 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
9868 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
9869 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
9871 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9874 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9878 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
9880 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9884 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
9885 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
9886 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
9887 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
9889 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9892 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
9893 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
9894 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
9895 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
9896 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
9897 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
9898 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
9900 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
9902 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
9903 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
9904 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
9905 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
9906 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
9907 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
9910 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
9911 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9914 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9918 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9921 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
9923 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9924 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9929 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9930 const char **filename_ptr
,
9931 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9932 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9935 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9936 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9937 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9942 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
9943 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
9944 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
9947 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
9948 const void *location
,
9949 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
9951 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
9955 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
9957 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
9958 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9959 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
9962 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
9965 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
9968 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
9971 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9974 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
9978 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
9979 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
9982 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
9984 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
9985 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
9987 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
9990 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
9991 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
9992 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9995 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
9996 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
10002 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
10003 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
10006 /* read in the section */
10007 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
10008 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
10011 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
10015 if (reloc_count
< 0)
10018 if (reloc_count
> 0)
10023 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
10026 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
10027 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
10028 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
10029 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
10030 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
10034 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
10035 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10042 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
10043 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
10044 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
10047 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
10048 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
10050 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
10052 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
10053 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
10055 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
10057 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
10066 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
10068 char *error_message
= NULL
;
10069 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
10071 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
10072 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
10073 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
10075 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
10076 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
10077 to the generic handling. */
10079 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
10080 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
10081 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
10082 input_section
, relocatable
,
10085 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
10087 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
10092 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
10094 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
10095 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
10099 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
10103 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10104 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
10105 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
10106 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
10109 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
10110 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
10111 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
10112 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10113 (*parent
)->address
)))
10116 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10117 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10119 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
10120 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
10121 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
10124 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10133 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
10134 free (reloc_vector
);
10138 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
10139 free (reloc_vector
);
10143 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
10145 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10146 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10148 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10149 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
10151 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10155 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
10156 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
10157 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
)))
10164 /* We no longer use this. */
10165 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
10166 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
10168 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
10169 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
10170 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
10171 ret
->rld_value
= 0;
10172 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
10173 ret
->is_vxworks
= FALSE
;
10174 ret
->srelbss
= NULL
;
10175 ret
->sdynbss
= NULL
;
10176 ret
->srelplt
= NULL
;
10177 ret
->srelplt2
= NULL
;
10178 ret
->sgotplt
= NULL
;
10180 ret
->plt_header_size
= 0;
10181 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 0;
10182 ret
->function_stub_size
= 0;
10184 return &ret
->root
.root
;
10187 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
10189 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10190 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10192 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10194 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10197 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10199 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
10200 htab
->is_vxworks
= 1;
10205 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
10206 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
10207 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
10210 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10213 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10214 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
10215 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
10216 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
10217 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
10218 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10219 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
10220 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
10221 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
10226 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10228 static const char * const secname
[] =
10230 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
10231 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
10233 static const int sc
[] =
10235 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
10236 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
10239 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
10240 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
10241 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
10243 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10244 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10248 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10249 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount
;
10251 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
10252 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
10253 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
10254 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
10255 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
10258 dynsecsymcount
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
);
10259 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, dynsecsymcount
+ 1))
10262 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
10263 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10264 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
10265 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
10267 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
10268 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
10269 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
10270 <= g
->global_gotno
);
10273 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
10274 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
10276 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10278 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
10279 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
10280 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
10281 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10282 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
10283 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
10284 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
10285 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
10286 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
10287 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
10288 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10289 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10291 else if (info
->relocatable
)
10293 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
10295 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
10296 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10298 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
10301 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
10302 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
10306 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
10307 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
10308 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
10312 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
10314 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
10316 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
10317 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
10318 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10320 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
10322 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
10324 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
10325 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10326 the information together. */
10327 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10329 asection
*input_section
;
10331 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
10334 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10336 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10341 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10342 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10344 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10345 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
10348 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
10350 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
10351 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
10352 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
10353 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
10354 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
10356 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
10357 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
10358 finally written out. */
10360 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10361 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10362 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10365 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
10366 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
10368 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10369 matters, but someday it might). */
10370 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10375 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
10377 struct extsym_info einfo
;
10380 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
10381 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10382 the information together. */
10383 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
10384 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
10385 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
10386 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
10387 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
10388 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
10389 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
10390 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
10391 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
10392 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
10393 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
10394 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
10395 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
10397 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
10399 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
10400 debug_info structure. */
10402 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
10403 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
10404 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
10405 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
10406 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
10408 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
10409 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
10410 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
10411 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
10413 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
10414 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
10418 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
10422 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
10423 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
10424 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
10425 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
10427 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
10429 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
10430 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
10433 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
10434 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
10437 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
10438 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
10439 secname
[i
], &esym
))
10443 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10445 asection
*input_section
;
10447 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
10448 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
10452 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10454 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10459 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10460 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10462 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
10463 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
10464 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
10466 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
10467 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
10468 want to deal with it. */
10472 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
10473 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
10475 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
10477 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
10478 read in the debugging information and set up an
10479 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
10480 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10484 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
10485 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
10486 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
10489 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
10490 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
10491 the linker global hash table and save the information
10492 for the output external symbols. */
10493 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
10494 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
10495 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
10496 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
10498 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
10499 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
10503 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10505 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
10506 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
10507 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
10508 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
10511 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
10512 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
10513 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
10514 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
10519 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
10520 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
10521 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
10527 /* Free up the information we just read. */
10528 free (input_debug
.line
);
10529 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
10530 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
10531 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
10532 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
10533 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
10534 free (input_debug
.ss
);
10535 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
10536 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
10537 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
10538 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
10540 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10541 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10542 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10545 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
10547 /* Create .rtproc section. */
10548 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
10549 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
10551 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
10552 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
10554 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
10557 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
10558 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
10562 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
10568 /* Build the external symbol information. */
10571 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
10573 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
10574 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
10575 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
10579 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
10580 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
10582 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10583 matters, but someday it might). */
10584 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10589 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
10591 const char *subname
;
10594 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
10597 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
10598 information describing how the small data area would
10599 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
10600 not used in executables files. */
10601 if (! info
->relocatable
)
10603 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10605 asection
*input_section
;
10607 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10609 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10614 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10616 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10617 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10618 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10621 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
10622 currently matters, but someday it might). */
10623 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10625 /* Really remove the section. */
10626 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
10627 --abfd
->section_count
;
10632 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
10633 uninitialized data. */
10634 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
10635 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
10636 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
10640 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10641 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
10642 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
10643 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
10647 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
10648 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
10649 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
10650 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
10651 case we must change the name of the output section. */
10652 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10653 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
10655 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
10656 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
10658 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
10659 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10660 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
10663 /* Set up the first entry. */
10665 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
10666 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10669 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
10670 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
10672 /* Combine the input sections. */
10673 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10675 asection
*input_section
;
10677 bfd_size_type size
;
10678 unsigned long last
;
10679 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
10681 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10683 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10688 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10689 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10691 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
10692 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
10693 sorted by ascending -G value. */
10694 size
= input_section
->size
;
10696 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10698 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
10700 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
10701 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
10707 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
10708 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
10709 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
10715 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
10717 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
10718 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
10721 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
10723 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
10724 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
10726 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
10732 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
10735 /* We need a new table entry. */
10736 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
10737 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
10738 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
10744 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
10745 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
10747 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
10748 value, since that will be implied by this new
10751 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
10753 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
10755 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
10756 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
10760 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
10761 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
10766 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
10769 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10770 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10771 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10774 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
10776 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
10778 /* Swap out the table. */
10779 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10780 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
10781 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
10787 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
10788 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
10791 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10792 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
10794 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10795 matters, but someday it might). */
10796 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10800 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
10801 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
10804 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
10806 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
10808 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
10810 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
10811 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
10815 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
10817 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
10818 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
10820 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
10823 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
10826 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
10828 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
10829 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
10830 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
10834 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
10836 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
10837 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
10838 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
10842 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
10844 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
10845 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
10847 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
10848 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
10849 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
10857 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
10859 struct mips_mach_extension
{
10860 unsigned long extension
, base
;
10864 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
10865 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
10867 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
10868 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
10869 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
10870 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
10872 /* MIPS V extensions. */
10873 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
10875 /* R10000 extensions. */
10876 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
10878 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
10879 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
10880 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
10881 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
10882 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
10883 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
10884 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
10886 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
10887 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10888 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10889 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10890 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10891 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10893 /* VR4100 extensions. */
10894 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
10895 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
10897 /* MIPS III extensions. */
10898 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10899 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10900 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10901 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10902 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10903 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10904 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10906 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
10907 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
10909 /* MIPS II extensions. */
10910 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
10911 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
10913 /* MIPS I extensions. */
10914 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
10915 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
10919 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
10922 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
10926 if (extension
== base
)
10929 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
10930 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
10933 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
10934 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
10937 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
10938 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
10940 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
10941 if (extension
== base
)
10949 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
10952 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
10954 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
10955 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
10956 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
10957 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
10958 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
10959 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
10960 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
10964 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
10965 object file when linking. */
10968 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
10970 flagword old_flags
;
10971 flagword new_flags
;
10973 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
10976 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
10977 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
10979 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10980 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
10985 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
10986 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10989 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
10991 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10992 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
10997 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
10998 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
10999 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
11001 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
11003 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
11004 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
11005 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11006 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
11008 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
11009 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
11010 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
11011 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
11013 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
11014 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
11021 /* Check flag compatibility. */
11023 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
11024 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
11026 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
11027 doesn't seem to matter. */
11028 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
11029 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
11031 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
11032 just be able to ignore this. */
11033 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
11034 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
11036 /* Don't care about the PIC flags from dynamic objects; they are
11038 if ((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0
11039 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
11040 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
11042 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
11045 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
11046 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
11047 actually cause any incompatibility. */
11048 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
11050 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
11051 which are automatically generated by gas. */
11052 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
11053 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
11055 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
11056 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
11057 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
11059 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
11063 if (null_input_bfd
)
11068 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
11069 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
11071 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11072 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
11077 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
11078 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
11079 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
11080 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
11082 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
11083 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
11085 /* Compare the ISAs. */
11086 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
11088 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11089 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
11093 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
11095 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
11096 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
11098 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
11099 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
11100 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
11101 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
11102 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
11103 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
11104 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
11106 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
11107 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
11108 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
11109 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
11110 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
11111 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
11115 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
11116 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11117 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
11119 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
11120 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
11125 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
11126 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
11128 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
11129 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
11130 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
11131 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11132 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
11134 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
11135 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
11136 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11137 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
11139 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11140 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
11142 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
11143 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
11146 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
11147 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
11150 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
11151 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
11153 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
11155 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
11156 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
11159 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
11160 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
11162 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11163 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
11164 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
11165 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
11171 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11178 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
11181 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
11183 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
11184 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
11186 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
11187 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
11192 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
11196 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
11198 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
11199 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
11201 /* xgettext:c-format */
11202 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
11204 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
11205 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
11206 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
11207 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
11208 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
11209 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
11210 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
11211 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
11212 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
11213 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
11214 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
11215 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
11216 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
11217 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
11219 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
11221 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
11222 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
11223 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
11224 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
11225 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
11226 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
11227 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
11228 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
11229 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
11230 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
11231 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
11232 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
11233 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
11234 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
11235 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
11236 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
11237 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
11238 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
11240 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
11242 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
11243 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
11245 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
11246 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
11248 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
11249 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
11251 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
11253 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
11254 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
11256 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
11257 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
11259 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
11260 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
11262 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
11263 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
11265 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
11266 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
11268 fputc ('\n', file
);
11273 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
11275 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11276 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11277 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
11278 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11279 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11280 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
11281 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
11284 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
11285 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
11286 definiton of the symbol. */
11288 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11289 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
11290 bfd_boolean definition
,
11291 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11293 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
11295 unsigned char other
;
11297 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
11298 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
11299 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
11303 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
11304 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
11307 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
11308 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
11310 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
11312 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
11316 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11318 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
11319 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
11320 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);